History log of /netbsd-current/etc/mtree/special
Revision (<<< Hide revision tags) (Show revision tags >>>) Date Author Comments
# 1.179 27-Jul-2024 christos

PR/58465: copypu: add wpa_supplicant.conf as optional


Revision tags: perseant-exfatfs-base-20240630 perseant-exfatfs-base
# 1.178 02-Sep-2023 riastradh

etc/mtree/special: Fix spaces/tabs.

No functional change intended.


# 1.177 30-Aug-2023 martin

Now that we have /etc/openssl/certs.conf mentioned here, also
list /etc/openssl.


# 1.176 28-Aug-2023 riastradh

certctl(8): Set certs.conf 644 and add it to etc/mtree/special.


Revision tags: netbsd-10-base
# 1.175 06-Jun-2022 nia

branches: 1.175.2;
build system: Revert all the recent additions of MK[...] knobs that
allow conditionally disabling the building of certain user space
programs in the 'base' set.

There is not enough consensus that this is the right way and a few
people had strong objections, see source-changes-d@.


# 1.174 25-May-2022 nia

mk: Allow setting MKDHCPD=no to build base without the ISC DHCP server,
useful for embedded images that don't need to act as one.


# 1.173 25-May-2022 nia

mk: Allow building base without the MBONE applications by setting
MKMBONE=no in mk.conf


# 1.172 30-Nov-2021 simonb

Add /etc/sshd/ssh_host_ed25519_key* .


Revision tags: cjep_sun2x-base1 cjep_sun2x-base cjep_staticlib_x-base1 cjep_staticlib_x-base
# 1.171 26-Feb-2021 jakllsch

Add /etc/ip6addrctl.conf as optional file so it is backed up.


# 1.170 28-Jun-2020 kim

Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp


# 1.169 15-Jun-2020 christos

Rename blacklist -> blocklist


# 1.168 31-May-2020 roy

dhcpcd: Empty the chroot

While here, set correct optional hooks.


Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
# 1.167 11-May-2019 maxv

branches: 1.167.2;
Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It
parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU
that has SmtID!=0.

The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.


# 1.166 04-May-2019 mrg

capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.


# 1.165 29-Mar-2019 christos

For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership.
Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
# 1.164 23-Sep-2018 maxv

Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
# 1.163 29-Jun-2018 roy

Remove dhclient from the base system.

Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html


Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
# 1.162 09-Jan-2018 christos

branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4;
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet


# 1.161 29-Dec-2017 is

Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to
be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd
for IPv4 when tested.


Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
# 1.160 20-Feb-2017 christos

branches: 1.160.4;
sort completely


# 1.159 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.

XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...


# 1.158 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@

XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in
XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !


# 1.157 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every
system.


Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

branches: 1.156.2;
add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.178 02-Sep-2023 riastradh

etc/mtree/special: Fix spaces/tabs.

No functional change intended.


# 1.177 30-Aug-2023 martin

Now that we have /etc/openssl/certs.conf mentioned here, also
list /etc/openssl.


# 1.176 28-Aug-2023 riastradh

certctl(8): Set certs.conf 644 and add it to etc/mtree/special.


Revision tags: netbsd-10-base
# 1.175 06-Jun-2022 nia

branches: 1.175.2;
build system: Revert all the recent additions of MK[...] knobs that
allow conditionally disabling the building of certain user space
programs in the 'base' set.

There is not enough consensus that this is the right way and a few
people had strong objections, see source-changes-d@.


# 1.174 25-May-2022 nia

mk: Allow setting MKDHCPD=no to build base without the ISC DHCP server,
useful for embedded images that don't need to act as one.


# 1.173 25-May-2022 nia

mk: Allow building base without the MBONE applications by setting
MKMBONE=no in mk.conf


# 1.172 30-Nov-2021 simonb

Add /etc/sshd/ssh_host_ed25519_key* .


Revision tags: cjep_sun2x-base1 cjep_sun2x-base cjep_staticlib_x-base1 cjep_staticlib_x-base
# 1.171 26-Feb-2021 jakllsch

Add /etc/ip6addrctl.conf as optional file so it is backed up.


# 1.170 28-Jun-2020 kim

Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp


# 1.169 15-Jun-2020 christos

Rename blacklist -> blocklist


# 1.168 31-May-2020 roy

dhcpcd: Empty the chroot

While here, set correct optional hooks.


Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
# 1.167 11-May-2019 maxv

branches: 1.167.2;
Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It
parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU
that has SmtID!=0.

The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.


# 1.166 04-May-2019 mrg

capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.


# 1.165 29-Mar-2019 christos

For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership.
Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
# 1.164 23-Sep-2018 maxv

Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
# 1.163 29-Jun-2018 roy

Remove dhclient from the base system.

Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html


Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
# 1.162 09-Jan-2018 christos

branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4;
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet


# 1.161 29-Dec-2017 is

Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to
be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd
for IPv4 when tested.


Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
# 1.160 20-Feb-2017 christos

branches: 1.160.4;
sort completely


# 1.159 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.

XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...


# 1.158 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@

XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in
XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !


# 1.157 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every
system.


Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

branches: 1.156.2;
add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.177 30-Aug-2023 martin

Now that we have /etc/openssl/certs.conf mentioned here, also
list /etc/openssl.


# 1.176 28-Aug-2023 riastradh

certctl(8): Set certs.conf 644 and add it to etc/mtree/special.


Revision tags: netbsd-10-base
# 1.175 06-Jun-2022 nia

build system: Revert all the recent additions of MK[...] knobs that
allow conditionally disabling the building of certain user space
programs in the 'base' set.

There is not enough consensus that this is the right way and a few
people had strong objections, see source-changes-d@.


# 1.174 25-May-2022 nia

mk: Allow setting MKDHCPD=no to build base without the ISC DHCP server,
useful for embedded images that don't need to act as one.


# 1.173 25-May-2022 nia

mk: Allow building base without the MBONE applications by setting
MKMBONE=no in mk.conf


# 1.172 30-Nov-2021 simonb

Add /etc/sshd/ssh_host_ed25519_key* .


Revision tags: cjep_sun2x-base1 cjep_sun2x-base cjep_staticlib_x-base1 cjep_staticlib_x-base
# 1.171 26-Feb-2021 jakllsch

Add /etc/ip6addrctl.conf as optional file so it is backed up.


# 1.170 28-Jun-2020 kim

Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp


# 1.169 15-Jun-2020 christos

Rename blacklist -> blocklist


# 1.168 31-May-2020 roy

dhcpcd: Empty the chroot

While here, set correct optional hooks.


Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
# 1.167 11-May-2019 maxv

branches: 1.167.2;
Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It
parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU
that has SmtID!=0.

The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.


# 1.166 04-May-2019 mrg

capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.


# 1.165 29-Mar-2019 christos

For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership.
Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
# 1.164 23-Sep-2018 maxv

Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
# 1.163 29-Jun-2018 roy

Remove dhclient from the base system.

Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html


Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
# 1.162 09-Jan-2018 christos

branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4;
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet


# 1.161 29-Dec-2017 is

Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to
be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd
for IPv4 when tested.


Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
# 1.160 20-Feb-2017 christos

branches: 1.160.4;
sort completely


# 1.159 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.

XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...


# 1.158 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@

XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in
XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !


# 1.157 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every
system.


Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

branches: 1.156.2;
add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.176 28-Aug-2023 riastradh

certctl(8): Set certs.conf 644 and add it to etc/mtree/special.


Revision tags: netbsd-10-base
# 1.175 06-Jun-2022 nia

build system: Revert all the recent additions of MK[...] knobs that
allow conditionally disabling the building of certain user space
programs in the 'base' set.

There is not enough consensus that this is the right way and a few
people had strong objections, see source-changes-d@.


# 1.174 25-May-2022 nia

mk: Allow setting MKDHCPD=no to build base without the ISC DHCP server,
useful for embedded images that don't need to act as one.


# 1.173 25-May-2022 nia

mk: Allow building base without the MBONE applications by setting
MKMBONE=no in mk.conf


# 1.172 30-Nov-2021 simonb

Add /etc/sshd/ssh_host_ed25519_key* .


Revision tags: cjep_sun2x-base1 cjep_sun2x-base cjep_staticlib_x-base1 cjep_staticlib_x-base
# 1.171 26-Feb-2021 jakllsch

Add /etc/ip6addrctl.conf as optional file so it is backed up.


# 1.170 28-Jun-2020 kim

Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp


# 1.169 15-Jun-2020 christos

Rename blacklist -> blocklist


# 1.168 31-May-2020 roy

dhcpcd: Empty the chroot

While here, set correct optional hooks.


Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
# 1.167 11-May-2019 maxv

branches: 1.167.2;
Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It
parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU
that has SmtID!=0.

The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.


# 1.166 04-May-2019 mrg

capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.


# 1.165 29-Mar-2019 christos

For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership.
Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
# 1.164 23-Sep-2018 maxv

Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
# 1.163 29-Jun-2018 roy

Remove dhclient from the base system.

Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html


Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
# 1.162 09-Jan-2018 christos

branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4;
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet


# 1.161 29-Dec-2017 is

Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to
be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd
for IPv4 when tested.


Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
# 1.160 20-Feb-2017 christos

branches: 1.160.4;
sort completely


# 1.159 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.

XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...


# 1.158 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@

XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in
XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !


# 1.157 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every
system.


Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

branches: 1.156.2;
add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.175 06-Jun-2022 nia

build system: Revert all the recent additions of MK[...] knobs that
allow conditionally disabling the building of certain user space
programs in the 'base' set.

There is not enough consensus that this is the right way and a few
people had strong objections, see source-changes-d@.


# 1.174 25-May-2022 nia

mk: Allow setting MKDHCPD=no to build base without the ISC DHCP server,
useful for embedded images that don't need to act as one.


# 1.173 25-May-2022 nia

mk: Allow building base without the MBONE applications by setting
MKMBONE=no in mk.conf


# 1.172 30-Nov-2021 simonb

Add /etc/sshd/ssh_host_ed25519_key* .


Revision tags: cjep_sun2x-base1 cjep_sun2x-base cjep_staticlib_x-base1 cjep_staticlib_x-base
# 1.171 26-Feb-2021 jakllsch

Add /etc/ip6addrctl.conf as optional file so it is backed up.


# 1.170 28-Jun-2020 kim

Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp


# 1.169 15-Jun-2020 christos

Rename blacklist -> blocklist


# 1.168 31-May-2020 roy

dhcpcd: Empty the chroot

While here, set correct optional hooks.


Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
# 1.167 11-May-2019 maxv

branches: 1.167.2;
Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It
parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU
that has SmtID!=0.

The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.


# 1.166 04-May-2019 mrg

capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.


# 1.165 29-Mar-2019 christos

For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership.
Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
# 1.164 23-Sep-2018 maxv

Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
# 1.163 29-Jun-2018 roy

Remove dhclient from the base system.

Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html


Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
# 1.162 09-Jan-2018 christos

branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4;
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet


# 1.161 29-Dec-2017 is

Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to
be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd
for IPv4 when tested.


Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
# 1.160 20-Feb-2017 christos

branches: 1.160.4;
sort completely


# 1.159 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.

XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...


# 1.158 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@

XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in
XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !


# 1.157 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every
system.


Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

branches: 1.156.2;
add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.174 25-May-2022 nia

mk: Allow setting MKDHCPD=no to build base without the ISC DHCP server,
useful for embedded images that don't need to act as one.


# 1.173 25-May-2022 nia

mk: Allow building base without the MBONE applications by setting
MKMBONE=no in mk.conf


# 1.172 30-Nov-2021 simonb

Add /etc/sshd/ssh_host_ed25519_key* .


Revision tags: cjep_sun2x-base1 cjep_sun2x-base cjep_staticlib_x-base1 cjep_staticlib_x-base
# 1.171 26-Feb-2021 jakllsch

Add /etc/ip6addrctl.conf as optional file so it is backed up.


# 1.170 28-Jun-2020 kim

Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp


# 1.169 15-Jun-2020 christos

Rename blacklist -> blocklist


# 1.168 31-May-2020 roy

dhcpcd: Empty the chroot

While here, set correct optional hooks.


Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
# 1.167 11-May-2019 maxv

branches: 1.167.2;
Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It
parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU
that has SmtID!=0.

The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.


# 1.166 04-May-2019 mrg

capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.


# 1.165 29-Mar-2019 christos

For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership.
Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
# 1.164 23-Sep-2018 maxv

Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
# 1.163 29-Jun-2018 roy

Remove dhclient from the base system.

Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html


Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
# 1.162 09-Jan-2018 christos

branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4;
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet


# 1.161 29-Dec-2017 is

Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to
be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd
for IPv4 when tested.


Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
# 1.160 20-Feb-2017 christos

branches: 1.160.4;
sort completely


# 1.159 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.

XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...


# 1.158 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@

XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in
XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !


# 1.157 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every
system.


Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

branches: 1.156.2;
add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.172 30-Nov-2021 simonb

Add /etc/sshd/ssh_host_ed25519_key* .


Revision tags: cjep_sun2x-base1 cjep_sun2x-base cjep_staticlib_x-base1 cjep_staticlib_x-base
# 1.171 26-Feb-2021 jakllsch

Add /etc/ip6addrctl.conf as optional file so it is backed up.


# 1.170 28-Jun-2020 kim

Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp


# 1.169 15-Jun-2020 christos

Rename blacklist -> blocklist


# 1.168 31-May-2020 roy

dhcpcd: Empty the chroot

While here, set correct optional hooks.


Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
# 1.167 11-May-2019 maxv

branches: 1.167.2;
Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It
parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU
that has SmtID!=0.

The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.


# 1.166 04-May-2019 mrg

capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.


# 1.165 29-Mar-2019 christos

For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership.
Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
# 1.164 23-Sep-2018 maxv

Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
# 1.163 29-Jun-2018 roy

Remove dhclient from the base system.

Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html


Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
# 1.162 09-Jan-2018 christos

branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4;
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet


# 1.161 29-Dec-2017 is

Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to
be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd
for IPv4 when tested.


Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
# 1.160 20-Feb-2017 christos

branches: 1.160.4;
sort completely


# 1.159 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.

XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...


# 1.158 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@

XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in
XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !


# 1.157 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every
system.


Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

branches: 1.156.2;
add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.171 26-Feb-2021 jakllsch

Add /etc/ip6addrctl.conf as optional file so it is backed up.


# 1.170 28-Jun-2020 kim

Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp


# 1.169 15-Jun-2020 christos

Rename blacklist -> blocklist


# 1.168 31-May-2020 roy

dhcpcd: Empty the chroot

While here, set correct optional hooks.


Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
# 1.167 11-May-2019 maxv

branches: 1.167.2;
Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It
parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU
that has SmtID!=0.

The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.


# 1.166 04-May-2019 mrg

capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.


# 1.165 29-Mar-2019 christos

For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership.
Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
# 1.164 23-Sep-2018 maxv

Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
# 1.163 29-Jun-2018 roy

Remove dhclient from the base system.

Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html


Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
# 1.162 09-Jan-2018 christos

branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4;
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet


# 1.161 29-Dec-2017 is

Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to
be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd
for IPv4 when tested.


Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
# 1.160 20-Feb-2017 christos

branches: 1.160.4;
sort completely


# 1.159 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.

XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...


# 1.158 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@

XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in
XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !


# 1.157 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every
system.


Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

branches: 1.156.2;
add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.170 28-Jun-2020 kim

Fix /private/tmp mode to match etc/rc.d/perusertmp


# 1.169 15-Jun-2020 christos

Rename blacklist -> blocklist


# 1.168 31-May-2020 roy

dhcpcd: Empty the chroot

While here, set correct optional hooks.


Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
# 1.167 11-May-2019 maxv

Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It
parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU
that has SmtID!=0.

The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.


# 1.166 04-May-2019 mrg

capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.


# 1.165 29-Mar-2019 christos

For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership.
Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
# 1.164 23-Sep-2018 maxv

Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
# 1.163 29-Jun-2018 roy

Remove dhclient from the base system.

Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html


Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
# 1.162 09-Jan-2018 christos

branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4;
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet


# 1.161 29-Dec-2017 is

Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to
be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd
for IPv4 when tested.


Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
# 1.160 20-Feb-2017 christos

branches: 1.160.4;
sort completely


# 1.159 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.

XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...


# 1.158 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@

XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in
XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !


# 1.157 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every
system.


Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

branches: 1.156.2;
add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.169 15-Jun-2020 christos

Rename blacklist -> blocklist


# 1.168 31-May-2020 roy

dhcpcd: Empty the chroot

While here, set correct optional hooks.


Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
# 1.167 11-May-2019 maxv

Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It
parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU
that has SmtID!=0.

The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.


# 1.166 04-May-2019 mrg

capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.


# 1.165 29-Mar-2019 christos

For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership.
Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
# 1.164 23-Sep-2018 maxv

Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
# 1.163 29-Jun-2018 roy

Remove dhclient from the base system.

Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html


Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
# 1.162 09-Jan-2018 christos

branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4;
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet


# 1.161 29-Dec-2017 is

Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to
be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd
for IPv4 when tested.


Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
# 1.160 20-Feb-2017 christos

branches: 1.160.4;
sort completely


# 1.159 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.

XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...


# 1.158 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@

XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in
XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !


# 1.157 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every
system.


Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

branches: 1.156.2;
add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.168 31-May-2020 roy

dhcpcd: Empty the chroot

While here, set correct optional hooks.


Revision tags: phil-wifi-20200421 phil-wifi-20200411 is-mlppp-base phil-wifi-20200406 netbsd-9-0-RELEASE netbsd-9-0-RC2 netbsd-9-0-RC1 phil-wifi-20191119 netbsd-9-base phil-wifi-20190609
# 1.167 11-May-2019 maxv

Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It
parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU
that has SmtID!=0.

The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.


# 1.166 04-May-2019 mrg

capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.


# 1.165 29-Mar-2019 christos

For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership.
Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
# 1.164 23-Sep-2018 maxv

Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
# 1.163 29-Jun-2018 roy

Remove dhclient from the base system.

Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html


Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
# 1.162 09-Jan-2018 christos

branches: 1.162.2; 1.162.4;
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet


# 1.161 29-Dec-2017 is

Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to
be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd
for IPv4 when tested.


Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
# 1.160 20-Feb-2017 christos

branches: 1.160.4;
sort completely


# 1.159 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.

XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...


# 1.158 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@

XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in
XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !


# 1.157 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every
system.


Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

branches: 1.156.2;
add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.167 11-May-2019 maxv

Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It
parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU
that has SmtID!=0.

The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.


# 1.166 04-May-2019 mrg

capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.


# 1.165 29-Mar-2019 christos

For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership.
Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
# 1.164 23-Sep-2018 maxv

Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
# 1.163 29-Jun-2018 roy

Remove dhclient from the base system.

Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html


Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
# 1.162 09-Jan-2018 christos

branches: 1.162.2;
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet


# 1.161 29-Dec-2017 is

Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to
be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd
for IPv4 when tested.


Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
# 1.160 20-Feb-2017 christos

sort completely


# 1.159 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.

XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...


# 1.158 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@

XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in
XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !


# 1.157 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every
system.


Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

branches: 1.156.2;
add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.166 04-May-2019 mrg

capture /etc/route.conf in /var/backups.


# 1.165 29-Mar-2019 christos

For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership.
Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
# 1.164 23-Sep-2018 maxv

Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
# 1.163 29-Jun-2018 roy

Remove dhclient from the base system.

Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html


Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
# 1.162 09-Jan-2018 christos

branches: 1.162.2;
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet


# 1.161 29-Dec-2017 is

Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to
be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd
for IPv4 when tested.


Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
# 1.160 20-Feb-2017 christos

sort completely


# 1.159 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.

XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...


# 1.158 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@

XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in
XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !


# 1.157 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every
system.


Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

branches: 1.156.2;
add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.165 29-Mar-2019 christos

For consistency use the user and group names for directory ownership.
Also do this for rtadvd, so that it can dump core.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-20190127 pgoyette-compat-20190118 pgoyette-compat-1226 pgoyette-compat-1126 pgoyette-compat-1020 pgoyette-compat-0930
# 1.164 23-Sep-2018 maxv

Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.


Revision tags: pgoyette-compat-0906 pgoyette-compat-0728
# 1.163 29-Jun-2018 roy

Remove dhclient from the base system.

Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html


Revision tags: phil-wifi-base pgoyette-compat-0625 pgoyette-compat-0521 pgoyette-compat-0502 pgoyette-compat-0422 pgoyette-compat-0415 pgoyette-compat-0407 pgoyette-compat-0330 pgoyette-compat-0322 pgoyette-compat-0315 pgoyette-compat-base
# 1.162 09-Jan-2018 christos

branches: 1.162.2;
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet


# 1.161 29-Dec-2017 is

Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to
be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd
for IPv4 when tested.


Revision tags: netbsd-8-0-RELEASE netbsd-8-0-RC2 netbsd-8-0-RC1 matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
# 1.160 20-Feb-2017 christos

sort completely


# 1.159 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.

XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...


# 1.158 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@

XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in
XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !


# 1.157 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every
system.


Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

branches: 1.156.2;
add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.162 09-Jan-2018 christos

Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet


# 1.161 29-Dec-2017 is

Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to
be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd
for IPv4 when tested.


Revision tags: matt-nb8-mediatek-base perseant-stdc-iso10646-base netbsd-8-base prg-localcount2-base3 prg-localcount2-base2 prg-localcount2-base1 prg-localcount2-base pgoyette-localcount-20170426 bouyer-socketcan-base1 pgoyette-localcount-20170320
# 1.160 20-Feb-2017 christos

sort completely


# 1.159 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.

XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...


# 1.158 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@

XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in
XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !


# 1.157 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every
system.


Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

branches: 1.156.2;
add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.160 20-Feb-2017 christos

sort completely


# 1.159 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.

XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...


# 1.158 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@

XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in
XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !


# 1.157 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every
system.


Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.159 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Move the /etc/sasl stuff to proper position in collating sequence.

XXX Ideally we would sort the whole file...


# 1.158 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Add /etc/rc.d/unbound per christos@

XXX should we move the /etc/sasl/ entries to their proper place in
XXX sort order? as of now they're sitting in the middle of /etc/rc.d !


# 1.157 20-Feb-2017 pgoyette

Mark the entry for /etc/rc.d/nsd optional - it's not included in every
system.


Revision tags: bouyer-socketcan-base
# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.156 07-Jan-2017 christos

add nsd npfd


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20170107
# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

branches: 1.153.2;
PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.155 27-Dec-2016 maya

Add blacklistd.conf so it gets backed up, too.


# 1.154 27-Dec-2016 christos

Add npf.conf so it gets backed up.


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 30-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 19-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 08-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 26-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 02-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 07-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 16-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 14-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 12-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 26-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 30-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 02-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 25-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 18-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 01-Feb-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 09-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 18-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 16-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 20-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 16-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 03-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 27-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 22-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 15-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 15-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 12-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 02-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 02-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 02-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 05-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 08-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 04-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 18-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 05-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 29-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 10-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 03-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 18-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 20-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 31-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 04-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 11-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 21-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 19-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


Revision tags: pgoyette-localcount-20161104 localcount-20160914 pgoyette-localcount-20160806 pgoyette-localcount-20160726 pgoyette-localcount-base
# 1.153 23-Nov-2015 christos

PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 29-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


Revision tags: netbsd-7-base tls-earlyentropy-base tls-maxphys-base
# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 18-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base9 riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15 riastradh-drm2-base3 riastradh-drm2-base2 riastradh-drm2-base1 riastradh-drm2-base
# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


Revision tags: agc-symver-base
# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base8 yamt-pagecache-base7 yamt-pagecache-base6
# 1.142 28-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


Revision tags: netbsd-6-0-6-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-5-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-4-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-3-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-2-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RELEASE netbsd-6-1-RC4 netbsd-6-1-RC3 netbsd-6-1-RC2 netbsd-6-1-RC1 netbsd-6-0-1-RELEASE matt-nb6-plus-nbase netbsd-6-0-RELEASE netbsd-6-0-RC2 matt-nb6-plus-base netbsd-6-0-RC1 yamt-pagecache-base5 yamt-pagecache-base4 netbsd-6-base
# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 07-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 25-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


Revision tags: yamt-pagecache-base3 yamt-pagecache-base2 yamt-pagecache-base cherry-xenmp-base
# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


Revision tags: bouyer-quota2-nbase bouyer-quota2-base
# 1.135 01-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


Revision tags: matt-mips64-premerge-20101231
# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 06-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


Revision tags: matt-premerge-20091211
# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 25-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


Revision tags: jym-xensuspend-nbase jym-xensuspend-base
# 1.128 21-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


Revision tags: mjf-devfs2-base2
# 1.126 15-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 07-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 11-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


Revision tags: netbsd-5-base matt-mips64-base2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-3 wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 wrstuden-revivesa-base-1 wrstuden-revivesa-base mjf-devfs2-base
# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-base4 yamt-pf42-base3
# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


Revision tags: hpcarm-cleanup-nbase yamt-pf42-base2
# 1.118 30-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


Revision tags: yamt-pf42-baseX yamt-pf42-base
# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


Revision tags: keiichi-mipv6-base mjf-devfs-base matt-armv6-nbase matt-armv6-base hpcarm-cleanup-base
# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


Revision tags: matt-armv6-prevmlocking cube-autoconf-base matt-mips64-base
# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 13-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


Revision tags: netbsd-4-0-1-RELEASE wrstuden-fixsa-newbase wrstuden-fixsa-base-1 netbsd-4-0-RELEASE netbsd-4-0-RC5 netbsd-4-0-RC4 netbsd-4-0-RC3 netbsd-4-0-RC2 netbsd-4-0-RC1 wrstuden-fixsa-base netbsd-4-base
# 1.107 11-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 07-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 25-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


Revision tags: abandoned-netbsd-4-base
# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 29-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 22-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 01-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


Revision tags: netbsd-3-base
# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 24-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 17-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


Revision tags: netbsd-2-0-base
# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 31-Jan-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 14-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 08-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 17-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 15-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


Revision tags: fvdl_fs64_base
# 1.67 19-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 15-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 02-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 26-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-6-RELEASE netbsd-1-6-RC3 netbsd-1-6-RC2 netbsd-1-6-RC1 netbsd-1-6-base
# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 21-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 24-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 14-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 14-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 11-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 05-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 01-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 01-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 04-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-5-ALPHA2 netbsd-1-5-base minoura-xpg4dl-base
# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 07-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 03-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


Revision tags: wrstuden-devbsize-19991221 wrstuden-devbsize-base comdex-fall-1999-base
# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 17-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-4-PATCH001 netbsd-1-4-RELEASE netbsd-1-4-base
# 1.22 04-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 28-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 09-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 02-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 17-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-3-base
# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 19-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 30-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 03-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 10-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


Revision tags: netbsd-1-2-PATCH001 netbsd-1-2-RELEASE netbsd-1-2-BETA netbsd-1-2-base
# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


Revision tags: netbsd-1-1-PATCH001 netbsd-1-1-RELEASE netbsd-1-1-base
# 1.3 20-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


Revision tags: netbsd-1-0-PATCH06 netbsd-1-0-PATCH05 netbsd-1-0-PATCH04 netbsd-1-0-PATCH03 netbsd-1-0-PATCH02 netbsd-1-0-PATCH1 netbsd-1-0-PATCH0 netbsd-1-0-RELEASE netbsd-1-0-base
# 1.1 18-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.152 21-Mar-2015 jmcneill

Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.


# 1.151 21-Feb-2015 joerg

Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.


# 1.150 29-Dec-2014 uebayasi

Add entries, sort, etc.


# 1.149 20-Sep-2014 roy

More rtsold removal, thanks to Henning Petersen.
Fixes PR misc/49228.


# 1.148 05-Aug-2014 dholland

branches: 1.148.2;
Remove "tags=nodiff" from /var/log/authlog as suggested by uebayasi@;
part of PR 49031.


# 1.147 18-May-2014 uebayasi

Tag all 0600 files as "nodiff" (== secret).


# 1.146 09-Jul-2013 roy

branches: 1.146.4;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot

Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36


# 1.145 16-May-2013 yamt

try to sync lists of rc.d scripts


# 1.144 11-Mar-2013 christos

fix typo, from Henning Petersen


# 1.143 08-Mar-2013 christos

PR/47630: Petar Bogdanovic: add ssh_host_ecdsa_key to /etc/mtree/special


# 1.142 27-Jun-2012 kefren

branches: 1.142.2;
add ldpd rc.d script here too


# 1.141 17-Dec-2011 tsutsui

Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).


# 1.140 07-Dec-2011 taca

According to /etc/rc.d/mdnsd, /var/run/mdnsd is owned by _mdnsd:_mdnsd
if it created. So, set owner/group of /var/run/mdnsd.

It stop a useless warning in /etc/security.


# 1.139 25-Nov-2011 tls

Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.


# 1.138 27-May-2011 plunky

branches: 1.138.4;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.


# 1.137 17-Apr-2011 martin

Get rid of var/chroot/tcpdump/etc


# 1.136 11-Apr-2011 martin

When run as root, tcpdump will chroot to /var/run/tcpdump - but it can
not look up /etc/protcols in there. So install a copy of /etc/protocols
into the chroot area.
Fixes PR bin/44721.


# 1.135 01-Feb-2011 rmind

NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.


# 1.134 17-Dec-2010 jruoho

branches: 1.134.2;
Make tcpdump(8) to drop root privileges and chroot(2) by default.


# 1.133 24-Aug-2010 christos

Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.132 06-Jun-2010 jruoho

Add "optional" keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


# 1.131 29-Sep-2009 tsarna

Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.


# 1.130 17-Sep-2009 tron

Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.129 24-Jul-2009 mbalmer

Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.


# 1.128 20-Apr-2009 joerg

Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.


# 1.127 18-Jan-2009 taca

branches: 1.127.2;
Fix a typo with /etc/rc.d/lvm.


# 1.126 15-Jan-2009 haad

Add lvm script to the lists.


# 1.125 08-Jan-2009 apb

Add rndctl


# 1.124 20-Dec-2008 isaki

x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.


# 1.123 11-Dec-2008 mishka

Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.122 12-Nov-2008 ad

Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.

Proposed on tech-kern@.


# 1.121 20-Jun-2008 peter

branches: 1.121.2;
Add entries for /etc/pf.conf and /etc/pf.os.

Suggested by Luke Mewburn in PR/35188.


# 1.120 18-Jun-2008 yamt

merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)

ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@


# 1.119 24-May-2008 joerg

Hook dhcpcd into build.


# 1.118 29-Apr-2008 ad

branches: 1.118.2;
Give i386 and amd64 a default boot.cfg.


# 1.117 15-Apr-2008 plunky

branches: 1.117.2;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces

btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD

make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity

device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.

btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland


# 1.116 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

branches: 1.116.2; 1.116.6;
Add example hotkey_button script


# 1.115 14-Jul-2007 ad

branches: 1.115.4;
fixsb has done its job.


# 1.114 02-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/powerd/scripts/sensor_indicator to handle events on
indicator sensors.

Update powerd(8).


# 1.113 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.


# 1.112 01-Jul-2007 xtraeme

Imported envsys 2, a brief description of the new features:
(Part 4: documentation and configuration files)

* Support for detachable sensors.
* Cleaned up the API for simplicity and efficiency.
* Ability to send capacity/critical/warning events to powerd(8).
* Adapted all the code to the new locking order.
* Compatibility with the old envsys API: the ENVSYS_GTREINFO
and ENVSYS_GTREDATA ioctl(2)s are supported.
* Added support for a 'dictionary based communication channel' between
sysmon_power(9) and powerd(8), that means there is no 32 bytes event
size restriction anymore.
* Binary compatibility with old envstat(8) and powerd(8) via COMPAT_40.
* All drivers with the n^2 gtredata bug were fixed, PR kern/36226.

Tested by:

blymn: smsc(4).
bouyer: ipmi(4), mfi(4).
kefren: ug(4).
njoly: viaenv(4), adt7463.c.
riz: owtemp(4).
xtraeme: acpiacad(4), acpibat(4), acpitz(4), aiboost(4), it(4), lm(4).


# 1.111 10-May-2007 christos

Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.


# 1.110 20-Feb-2007 kiyohara

Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.


# 1.109 04-Feb-2007 elad

Add support for per-user /tmp.

Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).

See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.

Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!


# 1.108 13-Dec-2006 reed

Remove comment about "hand-crafted".

Mention this file may be overwritten on upgrades, where to put
custom specs instead, and point to manual page.


# 1.107 11-Nov-2006 christos

goodbye uucp


# 1.106 06-Oct-2006 rpaulo

PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.


# 1.105 25-Sep-2006 jmcneill

Add acadapter, lid_switch, and sleep_button powerd scripts.


# 1.104 25-Sep-2006 snj

Fix a sorting error in the last change. Pointed out by Jukka Salmi.


# 1.103 24-Sep-2006 snj

Add missing rc.d scripts (cgd, ftpd, hostapd, ifwatchd, ipfs, irdaattach,
moused, rtclocaltime, staticroute, tpctl).

From Jukka Salmi in PR misc/33626.


# 1.102 23-Sep-2006 elad

PR/18476: reed at reedmedia dot net: add /etc/skel to special mtree
Slightly different patch applied (entry was made optional), thanks!


# 1.101 10-Sep-2006 plunky

update to bluetooth device attachment:

remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations

add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.

btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics

etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf


# 1.100 13-Aug-2006 plunky

rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


# 1.99 26-Jul-2006 tron

branches: 1.99.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.


# 1.98 26-Jul-2006 tron

Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Remove bluetooth.conf(5) and config parsing from libbluetooth(3)
as this is no longer required.


# 1.97 19-Jun-2006 gdamore

Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.

The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.

Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.


# 1.96 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove entries for "/var/spool/mqueue" (used by "sendmail" only).


# 1.95 09-Jun-2006 tron

Remove obsolete entries for "sendmail". Patch suppled by Yoshito Komatsu
in PR misc/33658


# 1.94 29-May-2006 christos

Remove sendmail (approved by core)


# 1.93 27-Mar-2006 ghen

Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.92 23-Mar-2006 wiz

Remove some more kerberosIV remnants.


# 1.91 11-Feb-2006 agc

Install the iscsi/auths file as mode 600.


# 1.90 08-Feb-2006 agc

Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.


# 1.89 23-Aug-2005 peter

pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.

Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.

No objections on: tech-security


# 1.88 27-Jun-2005 peter

Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.

A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.

Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.87 22-May-2005 lukem

Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.86 11-May-2005 peter

PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.85 01-May-2005 lukem

Add /etc/pam.conf and /etc/pam.d/*


# 1.84 17-Apr-2005 lukem

Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.83 12-Apr-2005 jwise

/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


# 1.82 04-Mar-2005 christos

branches: 1.82.2;
PR/18670: Charles Blundell: Add entries for lastlog and lastlogx


# 1.81 24-Nov-2004 perry

add ./var/chroot and subdirectories


# 1.80 17-Apr-2004 dbj

enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage


# 1.79 06-Feb-2004 itohy

branches: 1.79.2;
Add /etc/locate.conf


# 1.78 31-Jan-2004 christos

add identd


# 1.77 14-Jan-2004 jmmv

Add the veriexec rc.d script.


# 1.76 13-May-2003 ragge

Remove kvm.db, reminded by atatat.


# 1.75 08-May-2003 lukem

etc/mail/aliases.db is optional. From [misc/18536] by Jeremy Reed.


# 1.74 30-Apr-2003 lukem

etc/powerd/** is optional


# 1.73 20-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add a reset_button script.


# 1.72 17-Apr-2003 thorpej

Add powerd rc.d script and configuration scripts.


# 1.71 15-Apr-2003 cjs

Change ipsec.conf not to be world-readable and nodiff, so we don't expose keys
if they happen to be in that file. Also add /etc/racoon stuff.


# 1.70 15-Apr-2003 lukem

remove superfluous "uname=root gname=wheel" from etc/postfix/** entries


# 1.69 24-Mar-2003 atatat

Add the new queue directory for the sendmail "mail submission" mode.


# 1.68 08-Jan-2003 perry

it is okay for the sendmail and postfix .cf files to be writable by root


# 1.67 19-Dec-2002 lukem

Remove /usr/local (and children) from the base distribution; we shouldn't
be creating directories or modifying permissions under there.

(/usr/local/* is still retained in various default PATHs, for convenience)


# 1.66 09-Oct-2002 elric

Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.


# 1.65 15-Sep-2002 perry

add wtmpx


# 1.64 03-Sep-2002 abs

Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.63 02-Sep-2002 wiz

Add /var/run/utmpx, requested by soren.


# 1.62 26-Aug-2002 cjs

Add exclude tag to dumpdates so that diffs do not show up in the daily security
report. This file is expected to change daily, and this is not a security
problem. (Also, the most recent dumps are already shown in the daily report.)


# 1.61 30-Jul-2002 lukem

add wdogctl


# 1.60 06-Jul-2002 tron

Remove unused user and group "news" as discussed on "tech-userlevel".


# 1.59 03-Jul-2002 yamt

add wsmoused


# 1.58 02-Jun-2002 jmcneill

Add mixerctl rc.d script.


# 1.57 29-Apr-2002 lukem

branches: 1.57.2;
Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).

etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.


# 1.56 29-Apr-2002 lukem

add (optional) etc/postinstall


# 1.55 27-Mar-2002 lukem

etc/ssh is mode 0755 not 0644. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU on current-users.


# 1.54 22-Mar-2002 itojun

move ssh config file to /etc/ssh


# 1.53 21-Mar-2002 itojun

add postfix config files. PR15659


# 1.52 23-Feb-2002 wiz

Mark mk.conf optional, addressing install/15572.


# 1.51 19-Feb-2002 veego

Add ./etc/ipf6.conf


# 1.50 03-Feb-2002 veego

etc/rc.d/NETWORK was renamed to etc/rc.d/NETWORKING


# 1.49 14-Oct-2001 lukem

Use "nodiff" instead of "nomail" for the tag which is used to exclude
files from having the changes diff generated. Suggested by Michael Graff.


# 1.48 14-Oct-2001 lukem

monitor etc/changelist again


# 1.47 11-Oct-2001 lukem

Major overhaul, with help from Andrew Brown <atatat@netbsd.org>.

Features:
- Add a bunch of stuff to /etc/mtree/special to enable removal of
/etc/changelist:
- files which we want to monitor for changes but don't want to
see the diffs of (master.passwd, ssh_host_key, ...) are
tagged with "nomail"
- files which we don't want to monitor are tagged with "exclude"
(such as netgroup.db, kvm.db, ...)
- monitor /etc/mtree/special.local, /root/.ssh/*
- remove /etc/changelist, and a bunch of XXX comments
- use mtree(8)'s -D, -I, and -E to generate lists of files to
actually do the changelist stuff on.
- support /etc/mtree/special.local as an optional user-provided
version of /etc/mtree/special (effectively, an enhanced
/etc/changelist)
- Add code to monitor: /etc/ifconfig.* /etc/raid*.conf /etc/rc.conf.d/*
including support for these files being added and removed at will.
- If /sbin/fdisk exists, backup the output of "fdisk $disk" for all
the active disk drives as part of $check_disklabels
- Check permissions on: ~/.ssh/* ~/.shosts

Details:
- Reorder initialisation of defaults
- Remove special case for /etc/master.passwd "monitor but don't email diffs"
with general case for other similar files.
- Keep all `autogenerated' files (such as disklabel.*, setuid.current, ...)
in "$backup_dir/work", to minimise name clashes.
- Add migrate_file(old, new) to do the hard work of migrating files
from the old `top level' /var/backups mechanism to the `full path'
mechanism recently added. Use this appropriately.
- Add backup_and_diff(file, printdiffs), to the hard work of backing-up
and diff-ing files.
- Cleanup use of shell redirects
- /bin/sh supports ~root globbing, so use it.
- Improve umask checking; use awk regex rather than awk math


# 1.46 04-Oct-2001 lukem

Take advantage of mtree(8)'s recently added support for absolute paths.
Use a default "/set uname=root gname=wheel".
This drastically reduces the size of the file, as well as making it
far more maintainable. The differences are:
lines words bytes filename
342 1633 16272 special-relative
295 998 11971 special-absolute


# 1.45 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add /etc/defaults/*.conf


# 1.44 01-Oct-2001 lukem

remove rule for pkgsrc - we don't have one for any of the other source
directories. requested in [bin/13818]


# 1.43 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add etc/rc.d/*. fixes [bin/12729]


# 1.42 01-Oct-2001 lukem

rc.local is technically an optional file...


# 1.41 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add ssh{,d}.conf, ssh_known_hosts{,2}, ssh_host_{[rd]sa_,}key{.pub,}


# 1.40 01-Oct-2001 lukem

add a bunch of optional etc stuff from changelist:
Distfile bootparams bootptab ccd.conf daily.local defaultdomain
dhclient-enter-hooks dhclient-exit-hooks dhclient.conf dhcpd.conf
disktab ethers ftpd.conf ftpwelcome gateways hesiod.conf hosts.allow
hosts.deny hosts.lpd ifaliases ipf.conf ipnat.conf ipsec.conf
monthly.local mygate myname netgroup netgroup.db netstart.local
ntp.conf passwd.conf rbootd.conf rtadvd.conf security.local
ttyaction usermgmt.conf weekly.local
- add required stuff from changelist:
etc/floppytab etc/netconfig etc/sysctl.conf
var/cron/tabs/root
var/yp/Makefile
sort mail/ into its proper place
add some comments to remind us of things to look at in the future


# 1.39 24-Jun-2001 veego

Another place where primes was used. Change it to moduli.


# 1.38 28-May-2001 kleink

Look after /etc/primes.


# 1.37 06-May-2001 wiz

Remove named.boot (only used by BIND 4.x).


# 1.36 21-Apr-2001 atatat

The script called dhclient-script no longer lives in /etc.


# 1.35 29-Jan-2001 itojun

remove sendmail-IPv4only.cf from checklist. PR 12075.


# 1.34 25-Jan-2001 perry

/etc/disklabels is obsolete -- remove it


# 1.33 04-Sep-2000 enami

Add an entry for optional dumpdates.


# 1.32 21-Aug-2000 lukem

remove rc.wscons


# 1.31 15-Aug-2000 itojun

synchronize with /etc/mail content.
NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


# 1.30 13-May-2000 lukem

branches: 1.30.4;
remove netstart


# 1.29 07-May-2000 itojun

make default sendmail.cf IPv4-only again.
roll sendmail-IPv6.cf, which does IPv4/v6.


# 1.28 03-May-2000 itojun

sync with sendmail 8.10.1 migration. /etc -> etc/mail
From: Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>


# 1.27 10-Mar-2000 windsor

oops, pppd doesn't require /etc/ppp/options now.


# 1.26 10-Mar-2000 windsor

forgot to add /etc/ppp/options to special(5)


# 1.25 10-Mar-2000 windsor

create /etc/ppp when building install sets
add this and a lot of files not previously looked at in special(5)


# 1.24 23-Jun-1999 frueauf

we have no group root by default, set gname=wheel for include.


# 1.23 17-Jun-1999 simonb

Change /etc/mtree/special and /etc/sendmail.cf to mode 444, and
/usr/include to owner:group root:wheel, to match how these files
are shipped in a distribution.

From PR misc/6736 from Soren Jorvang.


# 1.22 04-Mar-1999 abs

branches: 1.22.2;
/var/spool/ftp/pub (if present) is better 0775 thane 0777.
From Paul Goyette <paul@whooppee.com>


# 1.21 28-Jan-1999 cjs

Make /var/spool/news owned by news:news.


# 1.20 29-Oct-1998 bad

A basic /etc/rc.shutdown. Bails out if do_rcshutdown!=YES in /etc/rc.conf
(default is YES). Kills xdm and waits for it to terminate if it was enabled
in rc.conf (based on a code snippet from Ignatios).


# 1.19 28-Oct-1998 mycroft

Nuke /usr/src and /usr/pkgsrc from here. They are created when the source
tar files are unpacked, so having them here is pointless.


# 1.18 09-Jan-1998 perry

get rid of secretmail residue -- suggested in pr-4568 from Carl Shapiro


# 1.17 02-Jan-1998 perry

/usr/{src,obj,pkgsrc} -> root:wsrc, 0775


# 1.16 17-Dec-1997 mikel

make root owner of /usr/games/hide to match NetBSD.dist, fixes PR 4658


# 1.15 19-Nov-1997 mrg

make /usr/games/hide mode 750, and remove bogus /var/games/save entry.


# 1.14 20-Oct-1997 fair

branches: 1.14.2;
fix /var/mail permissions so that "dot locking" works.


# 1.13 19-Sep-1997 mikel

make some more files optional; from Erik Bertelsen in PR 4048


# 1.12 10-Sep-1997 mikel

add some files from /etc: inetd.conf, newsyslog.conf, protocols, rc.subr,
rpc, and services (required); ld.so.conf and resolv.conf (optional).
remove pointless 'ignore' keyword from /dev/mem


# 1.11 30-Jul-1997 perry

make some items 'optional' -- per pr-3663 from Erik Bertelsen


# 1.10 21-Jun-1997 mikel

add /etc/profile


# 1.9 25-Apr-1997 mikel

/usr/games/hide is owned by games.games, /usr/src has mode 755,
/var/at is owned by root.wheel.


# 1.8 26-Mar-1997 mikel

/etc/netstart doesn't need to be executable.
use four digits for all of the modes.


# 1.7 11-Jan-1997 mikel

update to match reality; PR misc/1075.
also added new files in /etc.


# 1.6 03-Dec-1996 lukem

AUTHPRIV syslog messages go to /var/log/authlog instead of /var/log/secure
(in line with other systems)


# 1.5 10-Nov-1996 mikel

Update name of KVM database.


# 1.4 08-May-1996 pk

A master.passwd has mode 0600 (PR#1405).


# 1.3 20-Apr-1995 cgd

/var/db shouldn't have had the 'ignore' flag set.
(from Masanobu Saitoh <saitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>, pr 981)


# 1.2 01-Feb-1995 jtc

kvm_vmunix.db -> kvm_netbsd.db


# 1.1 18-Jun-1994 cgd

branches: 1.1.1;
update to Lite


# 1.1.1.1 18-Jun-1994 cgd

Lite


# 1.14.2.2 22-Dec-1997 perry

pull up from trunk (mikel)


# 1.14.2.1 19-Nov-1997 mellon

Pull rev 1.15 up from trunk (mrg)


# 1.22.2.1 28-Aug-1999 he

Pull up revisions 1.23-1.24:
Change to match the permissions set on install, and fix for
nonexistent group name. (is)


# 1.30.4.8 24-Mar-2002 he

Apply patch (requested by itojun):
Check the postfix files for changes. Fixes PR#15659.


# 1.30.4.7 26-Feb-2002 he

Pull up revision 1.52 (via patch, requested by he):
Mark /etc/mk.conf optional, fixing PR#15572.


# 1.30.4.6 23-Feb-2002 he

Pull up revision 1.39 (requested by he):
Change /etc/primes to /etc/moduli, which we now ship instead.
Fixes part of PR#15572.


# 1.30.4.5 25-Jun-2001 he

Pull up revision 1.35 (requested by he):
Remove entry for sendmail-IPv4only.cf.


# 1.30.4.4 28-May-2001 he

Pull up revision 1.38 (requested by kleink):
Install /etc/primes, which is required for Diffie-Hellman Group
Exchange operation.


# 1.30.4.3 27-Apr-2001 he

Pull up revision 1.36 (requested by he):
/etc/dhclient-script moved to /sbin/dhclient-script.


# 1.30.4.2 23-Aug-2000 lukem

pull up rev 1.32:
move guts of etc/rc.wscons -> etc/rc.d/wscons
approved: thorpej


# 1.30.4.1 15-Aug-2000 itojun

pullup 1.30 -> 1.31 (approved by releng-1-5)

> synchronize with /etc/mail content.
> NetBSD PR 10836 from koji@jp.above.net.


# 1.57.2.1 30-Nov-2002 he

Pull up revision 1.64 (requested by abs in ticket #772):
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuilding out into
raidframeparity, which is called after quota, so we don't
end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever
after a crash/reboot.
While here, check for raid[0-9].conf and raid[1-9][0-9].conf
and not raid[0-9].conf and raid[0-9][0-9].conf


# 1.79.2.1 27-Apr-2004 jdc

Pull up revision 1.80 (requested by dbj in ticket #185)

Fix problems related to superblock upgrade issues which may be
experienced by -current users from 2003.


# 1.82.2.7 28-Mar-2006 riz

Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #1226):
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.74
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.93
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.99
Document the defaultroute6 rc.conf variable and the /etc/mygate6 file in
/etc/defaults/rc.conf, /etc/mtree/special, and rc.conf(5). Ok with wiz.


# 1.82.2.6 07-Oct-2005 tron

Pull up following revision(s) (requested by lukem in ticket #871):
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.87
etc/Makefile: revision 1.313
Consistently use 0664 root:utmp for /var/log/{lastlog,wtmp}{,x}.
Rest of PR 18670.


# 1.82.2.5 02-Sep-2005 tron

Pull up following revision(s) (requested by peter in ticket #717):
usr.sbin/pf/man/man5/pf.boot.conf.5: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.4
etc/rc.d/pf: revision 1.6
etc/rc.d/pf_boot: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/pf/etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/pf/Makefile: revision 1.7
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.52
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.89
usr.sbin/pf/man/man5/Makefile: revision 1.5
usr.sbin/pf/etc/defaults/Makefile: revision 1.1
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security


# 1.82.2.4 02-Jul-2005 tron

Pull up revision 1.88 (requested by peter in ticket #518):
Remove (pf)spamd. Its right to exist in NetBSD has been questioned since it
appeared and whether it's really part of pf or not is still unclear. Looking
at the other *BSDs it seems that they have left out spamd when importing pf,
and now we do that too. Also, the name conflicted with another more popular
used tool, after the rename to pfspamd it was left with completely unusable
documentation which apparently no-one wanted to fix.
A port of the latest spamd will be imported into pkgsrc soon.
Suggested by several people, no objections on last proposal on tech-userlevel.


# 1.82.2.3 11-May-2005 tron

Pull up revision 1.86 (requested by peter in ticket #290):
PR/30177: Rui Paulo: /var/chroot/pflogd isn't created by default


# 1.82.2.2 20-Apr-2005 tron

Pull up revision 1.84 (requested by lukem in ticket #168):
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin


# 1.82.2.1 12-Apr-2005 tron

Pull up revision 1.83 (requested by jwise in ticket #138):
/var/chroot/spamd is now /var/chroot/pfspamd.


# 1.99.2.2 14-Sep-2006 riz

Pull up following revision(s) (requested by plunky in ticket #161):
sys/dev/bluetooth/btdev.h: revision 1.4
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.922
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.25
sys/netbt/hci_unit.c: revision 1.3
sys/netbt/hci_ioctl.c: revision 1.4
usr.sbin/sdpd/profile.c: revision 1.2
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.c: revision 1.2
share/man/man4/Makefile: revision 1.405
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.930
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.176
usr.sbin/sdpd/profile.c: revision 1.3
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.c: revision 1.3
etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.62
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.650
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.h: revision 1.2
usr.bin/sdpquery/sdpquery.1: revision 1.4
sys/netbt/rfcomm_session.c: revision 1.2
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.8: revision 1.3
usr.bin/sdpquery/search.c: revision 1.2
usr.sbin/sdpd/Makefile: revision 1.2
sys/dev/bluetooth/Makefile: revision 1.3
usr.sbin/btdevctl/cfg.c: file removal
sys/netbt/files.netbt: revision 1.4
usr.sbin/btdevctl/sdp.c: revision 1.1
sys/dev/bluetooth/bthidev.c: revision 1.3
etc/bluetooth/Makefile: revision 1.3
sys/dev/pcmcia/files.pcmcia: revision 1.51
sys/dev/bluetooth/bthidev.c: revision 1.4
sys/dev/bluetooth/bthidev.h: revision 1.3
usr.sbin/btdevctl/dev.c: file removal
sys/dev/bluetooth/files.bluetooth: revision 1.10
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.777
share/man/man4/ubt.4: revision 1.6
share/man/man4/bthub.4: revision 1.3
sys/netbt/hci.h: revision 1.5
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC_LAPTOP: revision 1.202
lib/libsdp/sdp.h: revision 1.2
usr.sbin/btdevctl/print.c: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/bthidev.4: revision 1.5
share/man/man4/btdev.4: file removal
usr.sbin/btdevctl/print.c: revision 1.2
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC_LAPTOP: revision 1.205
usr.sbin/btdevctl/Makefile: revision 1.2
sys/dev/usb/files.usb: revision 1.70
sys/netbt/l2cap_signal.c: revision 1.2
sys/netbt/hci_link.c: revision 1.4
sys/dev/bluetooth/bthub.c: revision 1.3
share/man/man4/btsco.4: revision 1.5
sys/netbt/hci_link.c: revision 1.5
share/man/man4/btdev.4: revision 1.4
sys/dev/bluetooth/btkbd.c: revision 1.3
sys/dev/bluetooth/btdev.c: file removal
sys/netbt/hci_event.c: revision 1.2
sys/dev/bluetooth/btsco.h: revision 1.2
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.101
sys/dev/bluetooth/btsco.c: revision 1.3
sys/conf/majors: revision 1.27
usr.sbin/sdpd/hf.c: revision 1.1
sys/dev/bluetooth/btsco.c: revision 1.4
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.107
sys/dev/bluetooth/btdev.c: revision 1.2
etc/rc.d/btdevctl: revision 1.2
usr.sbin/btdevctl/db.c: revision 1.1
etc/rc.d/btdevctl: revision 1.3
etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/btdevctl/hid.c: file removal
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.781
sys/dev/bluetooth/btdev.h: revision 1.3
Make btdev default count explicit
Fix typo in variable name
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
also include service name in dictionary being sent to kernel.
(this is not used just yet, but it might be in the future and it will
be easier if we dont have to provide code to handle its absence)
clarify the CAVEAT section somewhat
Add service discovery support for the Handsfree profile
Replace static 'FreeBSD' string with operating system name gleaned
from uname(3)
Halt the callout on detach
btsco.c:
- sco_getopt(..., SO_SCO_MTU, ...) expects the address of a uint16_t,
not an int. So change sc_mtu's type to uint16_t.
- Try a little harder to ensure btsco_round_blocksize() does not
return zero. Prevents a subsequent panic in audio_init_ringbuffer().
from scw@
Endian issues:
hci_event.c:
- Convert memo->response.clock_offset to host-endian.
hci_ioctl.c:
- printf format tweak (size_t)
hci_link.c:
- Convert memo->response.clock_offset from host-endian.
- Tweak a DIAGNOSTIC message.
l2cap_signal.c:
- In l2cap_recv_config_req(), rp->scid is little-endian so make sure
we convert from host-endian.
from scw@
hci_link.c:
- In hci_link_free(), do not unlink items from a LIST queue within
a LIST_FOREACH() iterator.
rfcomm_session.c:
- In rfcomm_session_recv_mcc_nsc(), do not unlink items from a LIST
queue within a LIST_FOREACH() iterator.
from scw@
guard against a possible situation where the list of l2cap channels is changed
when the bluetooth code is not expecting it to be. During a disconnect, we can
detach the channel that is being disconnected, but its not really safe to detach
any others.
Print explicit 64-bit types using the format macros from int_fmtio.h.
Unbreaks the build for our LP64 ports, where "long long" typically is
not 64 bits.


# 1.99.2.1 07-Sep-2006 tron

Pull up following revision(s) (requested by plunky in ticket #81):
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.23
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.919
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.174
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.c: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/btdevctl/hid.c: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/Makefile: revision 1.217
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.h: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.8: revision 1.1
etc/rc.d/btcontrol: file removal
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.910
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.61
usr.sbin/btdevctl/cfg.c: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/btdevctl/dev.c: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/btkbd.4: revision 1.2
share/man/man4/bthidev.4: revision 1.4
usr.sbin/btcontrol/hid.c: file removal
usr.sbin/btdevctl/Makefile: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/btsco.4: revision 1.3
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.644
share/man/man4/btdev.4: revision 1.3
share/man/man4/btms.4: revision 1.2
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.100
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.105
usr.sbin/btcontrol/cfg.c: file removal
etc/rc.d/btdevctl: revision 1.1
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.80
usr.sbin/btcontrol/btcontrol.h: file removal
usr.sbin/btcontrol/btcontrol.8: file removal
usr.sbin/btcontrol/dev.c: file removal
usr.sbin/btcontrol/btcontrol.c: file removal
usr.sbin/btcontrol/Makefile: file removal
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.


# 1.115.4.1 08-Jan-2008 matt

sync with HEAD


# 1.116.6.3 17-Jan-2009 mjf

Sync with HEAD.


# 1.116.6.2 29-Jun-2008 mjf

Sync with HEAD.


# 1.116.6.1 02-Jun-2008 mjf

Sync with HEAD.


# 1.116.2.2 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

Add example hotkey_button script


# 1.116.2.1 22-Dec-2007 jmcneill

file special was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2007-12-22 19:04:11 +0000


# 1.117.2.4 14-Jun-2008 peter

add ftp proxy rc.d script.


# 1.117.2.3 03-Jun-2008 yamt

sync with head


# 1.117.2.2 25-May-2008 peter

Add chroot directories for ftp-proxy/tftp-proxy.


# 1.117.2.1 18-May-2008 yamt

sync with head.


# 1.118.2.1 22-Jun-2008 wrstuden

Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.


# 1.121.2.5 16-Jan-2011 bouyer

Pull up following revision(s) (requested by spz in ticket #1528):
etc/named.conf: revision 1.6
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.133
Enable dnssec, and populate managed-keys.bind
Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.121.2.4 08-Dec-2010 riz

Pull up following revision(s) (requested by uwe in ticket #1494):
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.132
Add &quot;optional&quot; keyword to rc.d/xdm and rc.d/xfs. Fixes PR misc/43307.


# 1.121.2.3 17-Sep-2009 snj

branches: 1.121.2.3.2;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1012):
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.130
Remove "/etc/postfix/postfix-script" as the file was obsoleted by
the upgrade to Postfix 2.6.x.


# 1.121.2.2 05-Feb-2009 snj

branches: 1.121.2.2.2; 1.121.2.2.4;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by apb in ticket #406):
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.125
Add rndctl


# 1.121.2.1 22-Jan-2009 snj

Pull up following revision(s) (requested by rafal in ticket #297):
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.203
doc/CHANGES: revision 1.1151 via patch
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.97
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.123
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.71
etc/rc.d/httpd: revision 1.1
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.123
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.80
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.


# 1.121.2.3.2.1 16-Jan-2011 bouyer

Pull up following revision(s) (requested by spz in ticket #1528):
etc/named.conf: revision 1.6
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.133
Enable dnssec, and populate managed-keys.bind
Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.121.2.2.4.1 20-Apr-2010 matt

sync to netbsd-5


# 1.121.2.2.2.1 16-Jan-2011 bouyer

Pull up following revision(s) (requested by spz in ticket #1528):
etc/named.conf: revision 1.6
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.133
Enable dnssec, and populate managed-keys.bind
Add directory for bind's managed keys.


# 1.127.2.1 13-May-2009 jym

Sync with HEAD.

Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html


# 1.134.2.1 08-Feb-2011 bouyer

Sync with HEAD


# 1.138.4.3 22-May-2014 yamt

sync with head.

for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.

this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")


# 1.138.4.2 30-Oct-2012 yamt

sync with head


# 1.138.4.1 16-Apr-2012 yamt

sync with head


# 1.142.2.2 19-Aug-2014 tls

Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.


# 1.142.2.1 23-Jun-2013 tls

resync from head


# 1.146.4.1 10-Aug-2014 tls

Rebase.


# 1.148.2.1 26-Mar-2015 martin

Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jmcneill in ticket #635):
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.92
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.1497
share/man/man5/Makefile: revision 1.71
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.132
etc/rc.d/modules: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.190
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.236
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.152
share/man/man5/modules.conf.5: revision 1.1
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.